Sony PCV-L600 Personal Computer Manual

Add to My manuals
1049 Pages

advertisement

Sony PCV-L600 Personal Computer Manual | Manualzz

Notice to Users

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. This manual and the software described herein, in whole or in part, may not be reproduced, translated, or reduced to any machine-readable form without prior written approval.

Sony, VAIO, the VAIO logo, VAIO Slimtop, Ergo-Angle, AutoAlert, VAIO Smart, Memory Stick, Digital

Media Park, Mavica, and PictureGear are trademarks of Sony. Windows and the Windows logo are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. K56flex is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc.

and Rockwell International. All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 1

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 2

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 3

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 4

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 5

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 6

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 7

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 8

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 9

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 10

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 11

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 12

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 13

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 14

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 15

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 16

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 17

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 18

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 19

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 20

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 21

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 22

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 23

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 24

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 25

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 26

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 27

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 28

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 29

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 30

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 31

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 32

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 33

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 34

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 35

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 36

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 37

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 38

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 39

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 40

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 41

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 42

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 43

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 44

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 45

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 46

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 47

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 48

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 49

Read Me First

Thank you for purchasing your new Sony computer. Many common questions are answered in this manual. For the most recent information, please refer to the online version of Read Me First . You can access all of the electronic documentation from the Windows

®

Start menu by selecting

Programs, and then VAIO Documentation. Check the Sony Support website at http://www.sony.com/pcsupport/ for the latest updates and information.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs)

Q: How do I recover applications or drivers that came with my computer if the files are corrupted or deleted?

A: The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s).

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

Q: How do I change the parallel port type to ECP, EPP, or bi-directional?

A: You can change the parallel port type using the System Setup utility. To access System Setup, click the Start button, select Settings, and then select Restart. When the Sony screen displays, press the Delete key on your keyboard after you hear the Sony jingle. Select "Chipset Features

Setup" from the CMOS Setup Utility screen. Use the arrow keys to highlight Parallel Port Mode. You can toggle between the Normal (bi-directional), ECP, and EPP options using the Page Up (PU) or

Page Down (PD) buttons. When the desired setting displays, press the Escape key to return to the

CMOS Setup Utility screen. Select the F10 key to Save and Exit. Select Yes (Y) to save the CMOS settings and exit. Press the Enter key. The system automatically starts with the new settings.

Q: Why isn't the CD-ROM drive reading a CD?

A: After inserting a CD, you must wait a few seconds for the CD to be detected before trying to access it. If your drive reads some CDs but not others, check the shiny side of the disc for dirt or scratches. You may also need to clean the CD-ROM drive lense with a CD-ROM cleaner.

Q: How do I set up faxing capability in Windows® 98?

A: Windows 98 does not provide a built-in fax utility. Sony has included the Symantec WinFax

®

Basic Edition for your faxing needs. To set up WinFax Basic, click the Start button, point to

Programs, and select Configure WinFax Basic Edition. Follow the on-screen instructions to configure the fax utility. For details on using WinFax Basic with America Online®, see

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic of this manual.

Page 50

Q: How do I change the video resolution of my display?

A: From the Start menu, select Settings, and then click Control Panel. Click the Display icon. Select the Settings tab. Move the slider under Screen area to change the resolution.

Q: Why does Windows lock up during shut down?

A: Windows may not shut down properly for many reasons, including incompatible or conflicting drivers, damaged files, or non-responsive hardware. For troubleshooting information, you can search Windows 98 Help. From the Start menu, select Help, click the Contents tab, click

Troubleshooting, and then click Windows 98 Troubleshooters. Click the subject for which you want information, and then answer the questions that are appropriate for your problem.

Q: Why is my system running slowly?

A: Your system speed varies depending on the number of applications that are open and running.

Close any applications that you are not currently using. Increasing the system memory may also help. The computer has two memory slots. For memory upgrades, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100

SDRAM DIMM modules.

Q: Why is there no sound in any application?

A: There are several independent controls for your system volume.

 There is a volume control on the right side of your LCD display (VAIO Slimtop LCD models

 only) and there is a volume control in the Windows task tray.

In addition to adjusting the volume, check that the Mute check box is not selected in the Windows volume control .

 If you are using headphones, adjust the volume control on the front of the system.

Q: How do I turn off my Information LED (VAIO Slimtop LCD models only) after I have read my e-mail?

A: To turn off the Information LED, click (PPK) in the Windows task tray.

Q: Why is the Play button in my Microsoft® CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music

CD?

A: When you insert a music CD, the Sony Media Bar software automatically launches to play your

CD. When the Sony Media Bar is running, the Microsoft CD Player does not have access to the CD.

If the Sony Media Bar is not visible, move your cursor to the top of the screen to bring forward the hidden Media Bar. If you do not hear any music, check all your volume controls.

Supplementary Information

Using the Power Button on the System and on the Keyboard

The power button on the keyboard performs a system shutdown, but does not give you the options available when you use the Windows Shutdown menu. Shutting down from the Windows

Shutdown menu allows you to choose options such as Standby, Restart, and Restart in MS-DOS

® mode.

Shutting down your computer improperly may result in loss of data.

In the event your system has "locked up" or crashed, press and hold the power button on the system for several seconds to force your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure.

To Resume from Standby Mode

Page 51

To resume from standby mode, press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard. If the display does not return from standby when you press the

(Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Applications That Use the TWAIN Driver

Digital imaging applications, such as Adobe PhotoDeluxe

®

, allow you to transfer images to your computer from external devices, including scanners or digital cameras. For some devices, a TWAIN driver window appears on the screen. Always close the TWAIN driver window before exiting or minimizing a digital imaging application.

Restoring Outlook® 98

For the Add New Components functionality to be available with Microsoft Outlook, you must first run the installation program for Outlook from the Application Recovery CD. When prompted to install the program, select Exit. This decompresses the software, making the Add New Components functionality available.

PCI Add-in Board Size

Your c omputer can accommodate PCI add-in boards up to 6 7/8 inches in length.

Using Alternate Browsers with America Online®

To use Internet Explorer or Netscape Navigator as your browser with America Online, follow these steps:

1.

From the Start menu, point to Settings and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the Internet icon.

3.

Click the Connection tab.

4.

Click the "Connect to the Internet using local area network" radio button.

5.

Click OK.

Using America Online with WinFax® Basic

Once you have configured WinFax Basic, it is automatically available for your use. You cannot use

America Online when the automatic fax receive feature of WinFax Basic is on. To disable this feature, right click the WinFax icon in the task tray at the bottom right corner of your screen, and then select Exit.

Memory Upgrade Specifications

When upgrading memory, use only 3.3V 64-bit PC-100 SDRAM DIMM modules. For more information on VAIO Computer compatible memory, call Sony Customer Support at

1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Pentium® III Identification (PCV-L600/PCV-L600S only)

Your operating system was created prior to the Pentium III processor release, so it does not correctly report the Pentium III name. Please be assured that the PCV-L600 and the PCV-L600S models of the VAIO Slimtop Computer are equipped with the latest Pentium III processor.

Pentium® III Unique Serial Number Feature (PCV-L600/

PCV-L600S only)

To protect your privacy, the serial number feature that uniquely identifies your system has been disabled. If you wish to enable this feature, use the utility provided with your system. From the

Start menu, point to Programs, point to Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility, and then click

Intel Processor Serial Number Control Utility. Page 52

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Adobe Systems Inc.

206-628-5737 (M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT)

America Online 800-827-3338 (7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET)

AT&T 800-400-1447 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

CompuServe Interactive, Inc.

S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET)

800-848-8990 (M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET,

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

888-377-6566 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

EarthLink Network, Inc.

800-395-8410 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Encompass, Inc.

800-927-3000 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

Prodigy Communications Corporation 800-PRODIGY (7 AM - 3 AM ET)

Intuit Inc.

900-555-4688 (7 days a week, 24 hours a day)

MediaLive, Inc.

408-556-2060 (9 AM-10 PM PT everyday)

Symantec Corporation 800-798-0850

© 1999 Sony Electronics Inc. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited. All rights reserved. Sony,

AutoAlert, Media Bar, and VAIO Slimtop are trademarks of Sony. All other trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

Page 53

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 54

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 55

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 56

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 57

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 58

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 59

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 60

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 61

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 62

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 64

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 65

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 66

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 67

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 69

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 71

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 72

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 73

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 74

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 75

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 76

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 77

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 78

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 79

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 80

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 81

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 82

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 83

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 84

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 85

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 86

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 88

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 89

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 90

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 91

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 93

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 95

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 96

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 97

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 98

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 99

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 100

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 101

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 102

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 103

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 104

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 105

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 106

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 107

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 108

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 109

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 110

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 112

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 113

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 114

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 115

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 117

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 119

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 120

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 121

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 122

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 123

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 124

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 125

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 126

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 127

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 128

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 129

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 130

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 131

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 132

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 133

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 134

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 136

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 137

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 138

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 139

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 141

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 143

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 144

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 145

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 146

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 147

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 148

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 149

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 150

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 151

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 152

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 153

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 154

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 155

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 156

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 157

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 158

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 160

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 161

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 162

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 163

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 165

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 167

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 168

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 169

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 170

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 171

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 172

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 173

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 174

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 175

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 176

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 177

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 178

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 179

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 180

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 181

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 182

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 184

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 185

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 186

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 187

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 189

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 191

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 192

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 193

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 194

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 195

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 196

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 197

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 198

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 199

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 200

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 201

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 202

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 203

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 204

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 205

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 206

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 208

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 209

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 210

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 211

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 213

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 215

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 216

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 217

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 218

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 219

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 220

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 221

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 222

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 223

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 224

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 225

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 226

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 227

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 228

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 229

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 230

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 232

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 233

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 234

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 235

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 237

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 239

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 240

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 241

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 242

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 243

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 244

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 245

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 246

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 247

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 248

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 249

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 250

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 251

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 252

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 253

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 254

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 256

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 257

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 258

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 259

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 261

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 263

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 264

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 265

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 266

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 267

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 268

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 269

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 270

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 271

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 272

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 273

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 274

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 275

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 276

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 277

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 278

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 280

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 281

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 282

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 283

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 285

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 287

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 288

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 289

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 290

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 291

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 292

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 293

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 294

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 295

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 296

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 297

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 298

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 299

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 300

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 301

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 302

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 304

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 305

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 306

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 307

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 309

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 311

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 312

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 313

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 314

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 315

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 316

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 317

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 318

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 319

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 320

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 321

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 322

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 323

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 324

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 325

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 326

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 328

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 329

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 330

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 331

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 333

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 335

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 336

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 337

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 338

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 339

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 340

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 341

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 342

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 343

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 344

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 345

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 346

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 347

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 348

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 349

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 350

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 352

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 353

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 354

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 355

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 357

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 359

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 360

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 361

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 362

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 363

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 364

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 365

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 366

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 367

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 368

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 369

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 370

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 371

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 372

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 373

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 374

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 376

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 377

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 378

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 379

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 381

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 383

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 384

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 385

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 386

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 387

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 388

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 389

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 390

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 391

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 392

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 393

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 394

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 395

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 396

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 397

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 398

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 400

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 401

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 402

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 403

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 405

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the right set of core tools that allows them to write letters and reports, track family and friends with the address book, manage home finances, and create a home inventory.

Netscape Communicator®

Netscape Communications

Netscape Communicator is the all-in-one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the web, send

Internet e-mail, chat, read newsgroups, and compose great web documents.

PictureGear

Page 407

Sony Electronics

This image management software displays images from your hard drive, a Sony Digital Still

Camera, or a Sony Mavica

®

Camera. The images appear in a convenient light-table format, so that you can easily view the contents of an entire folder.

Prodigy Internet

Prodigy Communications Corporation

An Internet service that helps you find what you need online faster and smarter. Prodigy delivers powerful online content such as sports scores, stock quotes, news, and easy access to Excite , plus a personal e-mail account and quality customer service, all at a competitive price.

Quicken® Basic 99

Intuit, Inc.

Quicken is the fastest, easiest way to organize your finances. Quicken works just like your checkbook, so it is easy to learn and use. Quicken manages all of your finances, bank accounts, credit cards, investments, and loans. You can even pay your bills online.

SurfMonkey

MediaLive, Inc.

SurfMonkey is a web browser and online service for kids ages 6-12 that makes the Internet safe, fun, and easy. A talking monkey guides children through web sites and chat rooms, and can read their e-mail out loud. Children cannot go to web sites identified by the browser as inappropriate, parents can screen e-mail messages, and chat sessions are monitored.

WinFax® Basic Edition

Symantec Corporation

WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy-to-use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily. Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features.

About Your Recovery CDs

Application Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers. Use it to restore corrupted or accidentally erased files.

System Recovery CD(s)

Sony Electronics

The System Recovery CD program allows you to restore the software titles that shipped with your computer if they become corrupted or are erased accidentally. It can be used only to restore the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

For Answers to Your Software Questions

Acrobat® Reader, Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Business Edition (Adobe Systems Incorporated)

Web site http://www.adobe.com/ phone 206-628-2746 (fee-based support) fax 206-628-5737 e-mail [email protected]

hours M-F, 6 AM-5 PM PT

America Online® (America Online)

Web site http://www.aol.com/ phone hours

800-827-3338

7 days a week, 6 AM - 2 PM ET

AT&T WorldNet® Service (AT&T)

Web site http://www.att.net

Page 408

phone e-mail hours

800-400-1447 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

CompuServe® Interactive (CompuServe Interactive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.compuserve.com/ phone 800-848-8990 hours M-F, 8 AM - 1 AM ET, S-S 10 AM - 10 PM ET

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus (Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.)

Web site http://www.drsolomon.com/ phone e-mail hours

888-377-6566 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess (EarthLink Network, Inc.)

Web site http://help.earthlink.net/techsupport/ phone e-mail hours

800-395-8410 [email protected]

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Easy Internet Access (Encompass, Inc.)

Web site http://www.encmpss.com/ phone hours

800-927-3000

7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Windows 98 Operating System, Works, Money, Internet Explorer (Microsoft Corporation)

Web site http://www.microsoft.com/support/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Netscape Communicator® (Netscape Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.netscape.com/ hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

Prodigy Internet (Prodigy Communications Corporation)

Web site http://www.prodigy.com/ phone 800-PRODIGY hours 7 AM - 3 AM ET

Quicken® Basic (Intuit Inc.)

Web site http://www.intuit.com/support phone 900-555-4688 hours 7 days a week, 24 hours a day

SurfMonkey (MediaLive, Inc.)

Web site http://www.surfmonkey.com/support/Sub_support.html

phone 408-556-2060 e-mail hours [email protected]

9AM-10PM PT everyday

WinFax® Basic Edition (Symantec Corporation)

Web site http://www.symantec.com/techsupp/ phone 800-798-0850 fax 800-554-4403 in North America

541-984-2490 outside North America

Troubleshooting

This section describes how to solve common problems you may encounter when using your computer.

Many problems have simple solutions, so try these suggestions before you call Sony Customer Support.

My computer does not start

 Check that the computer is plugged into a power source and that it is turned on. Check that the

Page 409

 power light is lit on the front panel of the computer.

Confirm that a diskette is not in the diskette drive (unless you are using a bootable diskette).

 Confirm that the power cord and all cables are connected firmly, as described on the color poster.

 If you plugged the computer into a power strip or UPS, make sure the power strip or UPS is turned on and working.

My computer or software program "locks up"

 Close the application that is currently locked up by pressing ALT+F4.

 If you cannot restart as described in the preceding steps, you can restart the computer by pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or by pressing the power switch for more than six seconds.

Pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE may result in the loss of changes made to files that are currently open.

Contact the software publisher or designated provider for technical support. See For Answers to

Your Software Questions

for a list of phone numbers and web addresses or see Read Me First .

My CD-ROM drive tray does not open

 Make sure the computer is turned on.

 If the Eject button does not work, you can open the tray by inserting a straightened heavy-weight paper clip into the emergency eject hole.

When I click an application icon, a message such as "You must insert the application CD into your CD-ROM drive" appears and the software does not start

 Some titles require specific files that are located on the application's CD-ROM. Insert the disc and try starting the program again.

 Check to make sure you inserted the CD-ROM with the label side facing up.

My modem connection is slow

The computer's modem uses K56flex technology/V.90. Many factors influence modem connection speed, including telephone line noise or compatibility with telephone equipment (such as fax machines or other modems). If you think your modem is not connecting properly to other

PC-based modems, fax machines, or your Internet Service Provider, check the following:

 Have your phone company check that your phone line is free from any line noise.

 If your problem is fax-related, check that there are no problems with the fax machine you are calling and that it is compatible with fax modems.

 If you are having a problem connecting with your Internet Service Provider, check that the ISP is not experiencing technical problems.

 If you have a second phone line available, try connecting the modem to this line.

My modem does not work

 Check that the phone line is plugged into the line jack.

 Check that the phone line is working. You can check the line by plugging in an ordinary phone and listening for a dial tone.

 Check that the phone number the program is dialing is correct.

 Check that the software you are using is compatible with the Sony computer modem. (All preinstalled programs are compatible.) Call the software publisher or Sony Customer Support.

My microphone is too sensitive to background noise

Page 410

If you find there is too much background noise when you record sound, you should adjust the microphone gain by following these steps:

1.

Right-click the speaker icon (Volume) in the lower right Windows task tray.

2.

Click Open Volume Controls. The Volume Control screen appears.

3.

In the Options menu, select Properties. The Properties screen appears.

4.

Change the setting for "Adjust volume for" from Playback to Recording, then click OK.

5.

Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance. The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears.

6.

Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain (+20dB), then click the Close button.

7.

Close the Recording Control window.

My mouse does not work

 Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS/2

®

connectors on the keyboard. The other connector connects the keyboard to the computer.

 There may be dust or dirt inside the mouse mechanism. To clean the mouse, follow these steps: o

Turn off your computer. See Shutting Down Your Computer for details.

o Remove the mouse ball cover on the back of the mouse by turning the ring that covers the mouse ball counter-clockwise. o

Turn the mouse upright, and drop the mouse ball into your hand. o

Using a piece of tape, remove any dust or dirt on the mouse ball and inside the mouse ball socket. o Return the mouse ball to the socket, and replace the mouse ball cover. Secure the cover by turning the ring clockwise.

I cannot find the Windows taskbar

 Check that the taskbar is not hidden or shrunken.

 Use the mouse to point to the left, right, top, and bottom edges of the screen.

See Read Me First for additional information on using your Sony computer.

To Reach Sony

For further assistance, call 1-888-4SONYPC (1-888-476-6972).

Owner's Record

The model number and serial number are located on the back of your Sony computer. Record the model and serial numbers in the space provided here. Refer to the model and serial number when you call your Sony Service Center.

Model Number:

Serial Number:

Specifications

Model PCV-L400 PCV-L600

Processor 400 MHz Pentium

®

II 500 MHz Pentium

®

III

Hard Disk Drive 6.4 GB Ultra DMA 10.8 GB Ultra DMA Page 411

Standard SDRAM expandable to 256 MB

Video RAM 4 MB SGRAM

64 MB PC-100 SDRAM, expandable to 256 MB

Graphics 2X AGP 3D graphics hardware acceleration

(ATi Rage LT Pro)

Sound Capabilities High fidelity 3D PCI audio (Yamaha YMF-724)

Diskette Drive 3.5" 1.44 MB FDD

CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM drive (max.)*

Modem K56flex technology/V.90 compatible data/fax modem

Expansion Capabilities One PCI slot

PC card Connection Capabilities (Front)

Zoomed Video and card bus support

USB port

Microphone

Headphone

Memory Stick media slot

Connection Capabilities (Rear)

Modem line (RJ-11)

Phone line (RJ-11)

Parallel (printer)

Serial port

VGA monitor

USB port

LCD display

Line In

Line Out

Keyboard

Connection Capabilities (Keyboard) left and right connectors

Mouse (PS/2-style)

Supplied Accessories Stand (for vertical installation)

Power cable

Phone cable

Keyboard cable

Mouse

VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard

128 MB PC-100 SDRAM,

LCD display

Spacers (for bottom of the system)

Sample 4 MB Memory Stick card

Service 90-day limited express service**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Limited Warranty 90-day parts/labor standard**

Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration

Power Requirements 200 watts maximum

Dimensions CPU: 11.2" (w) x 3.6" (h) x 13.4" (d)

(280mm x 90mm x 335mm)

Display: 14.9" (w) x 12.6" (h) x 6.9" (d)

(372mm x 316mm x 172mm)

Keyboard: 15.9" (w) x 1.8" (h) x 7.1" (d)

(398mm x 45mm x 178mm)

Weight CPU: 11.9 lbs. (5.4kg)

Display: 6 lbs. (2.75g)

Keyboard: 2.9 lbs. (1.3kg)

Operating Temperature 50º F to 95º F (+10º C to 35º C)

* Data on a CD-ROM disc is read at a variable transfer rate, ranging from 10.3X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track (the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes/s). The average data transfer rate is 17X or 2550 kbytes/s.

Maximum speed for faxing is 14.4 kbytes/s. Your modem is capable of downloading at

56 kbytes/s using K56flex technology or V.90. Your phone service, online service, or Internet Service

Provider, however, may not support this technology or operate at this speed.

Page 412

** Certain restrictions apply.

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Page 413

Welcome

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your VAIO Slimtop

LCD Computer, see Specifications .

Exceptional performance : Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90 compatible data/fax modem.*

Ergo-Angle Multimedia LCD display : The exclusive dual-hinge pedestal provides twice the flexibility of other LCD displays. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the built-in stereo speakers.

AutoAlert e-mail notification system : Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a pre-set schedule via Microsoft Outlook

®

. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you know when new mail is received.

VAIO Smart convertible keyboard : The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right-hand use.

Sony Memory Stick media slot : The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of gum. Easily deliver information from one electronic device to another, so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.

 Compact components : Enjoy the small footprint and versatile set up options available by positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.

 Sony audio and video quality : High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and entertainment software.

 100 free hours of Internet access : Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card required). Free access expires 100 hours or 60 days after signing up--whichever occurs first.

Preinstalled software titles : All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and ready for you to use right out of the box.

Windows

®

98 : Your system includes the latest operating system from Microsoft.

 Communications : Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 414

Manuals

 Read Me First contains last-minute supplementary information and software support numbers.

 The VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide (this manual) contains features and specifications of your computer. It also includes information on the applications included with your system and how to contact software vendors, get started with your computer, and solve common problems.

The

VAIO Consumer Information Guide

contains safety and regulatory information, ergonomic considerations, information on help resources, and your computer's limited warranty statement.

The Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the

Windows operating system.

Page 415

Recovery CDs

 System Recovery CD(s)

 Application Recovery CD(s)

Other

 Setting up your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer (poster)

 Packet containing special product offers

Software CDs

 Microsoft

®

Encarta

®

99 Encyclopedia

 Microsoft

®

Money/Microsoft

®

Works

Locating Controls and Connectors

Front Panel

1 Power switch and indicator light

Turns on/off the computer and the display.

The indicator light is green while the power is on.

2 Floppy disk drive

Reads/writes data from/to the 3.5 inch floppy disk.

3 Floppy disk eject button

4

Ejects the floppy disk.

CD-ROM drive

Reads data from the CD-ROM.

5 CD-ROM eject button

6

Ejects the CD-ROM.

Manual eject hole

If the CD-ROM does not come out when you press the CD-ROM eject button, insert a thin, pointed object into this hole to eject the CD-ROM manually.

Page 416

7 FD (Floppy disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the floppy disk.

8 CD (CD-ROM drive) access indicator light

Lights in amber while reading data from the CD-ROM.

9 HD (Hard disk drive) access indicator light

Lights in green while reading/writing data from/to the hard disk.

10 MIC (Microphone) connector*

Connects a microphone (not supplied).

11 PHONES (Headphones) connector*

Connects headphones (not supplied).

12 VOLUME control

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Note that this does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13 PC CARD slot (with Zoomed Video support)

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add functionality to your system.

14 MEMORY STICK media slot

Insert a Sony Memory Stick card into this slot. See

Using Memory Stick Media

for details on using

Memory Stick media.

15 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

Page 417

1 AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2 LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3 TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

4 PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner.

5 SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera.

6 MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

7 USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

8 LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

9 LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

10 LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that came with the system.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

11 KEYBOARD connector

Connects a keyboard.

Using a Headphone or Microphone

When you connect a microphone or headphone to your computer, attach the supplied ferrite core at the end of the headphone or microphone cable closest to the computer. Wrap the cable through the center of the ferrite core. The following illustration shows how to attach the ferrite core when you are using both a headphone and microphone.

Page 418

The LCD and keyboard cables already include a ferrite core. Do not remove the ferrite core from these cables.

LCD

1 Power indicator light

Light is green while the power is on. When the computer enters the standby mode, this indicator light is amber.

2 Information LED

Light turns red to alert the user to activities, such as the arrival of e-mail. See Using the AutoAlert E-mail

Notification System .

3 Brightness control

Adjusts the brightness of the screen.

4 Volume control

Adjusts the volume of the integrated speakers on the LCD display.

To adjust the height and viewing angle of the display

Holding both sides of the display, push the display panel out and up, and then adjust the viewing angle.

Page 419

The supplied LCD display is designed to maintain the best ergonomic viewing angle.

Set the display height so that it does not touch the keyboard, and adjust the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen.

Attaching the Stand to the System Unit

The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically. If you place the system in a vertical position, you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability.

1.

Place the system unit on its right side, with the front of the system facing forward.

2.

Insert the grooved side of the stand into the ventilation holes of the system so that the two screw holes are aligned and the stand's fins are at the rear of the unit.

3.

Secure the stand to the unit with the supplied screw.

Page 420

Registering Windows® 98

The first time you turn on your computer, you need to complete a few steps to register and configure the Windows 98 software that is already installed on your computer. You do not need to repeat these steps each time you turn on your computer.

You must complete the process described below before you can use your computer.

The on-screen instructions guide you through the registration and configuration process. The following is an overview of the process.

1.

Gathering information: o

Enter your name. o

Read and accept the License Agreement. o

Enter your Certificate of Authenticity number located on the cover of the Microsoft Windows

98 Getting Started manual.

2.

Windows 98 setup: Click the Finish button on the Windows 98 Setup Wizard screen.

3.

Selecting your computer settings: If necessary, change the Time Zone, Date, and Time on the

Date/Time Properties screen.

4.

Registering your computer: For details on registering your computer, see

Registering Your

Computer

. You can also sign up for 100 free hours of Internet service at this time.

5.

Learning about Windows: If you want, take the tour of Windows.

Registering Your Computer

Take advantage of Sony's commitment to quality customer support and receive these benefits by registering your computer:

Sony Customer Support --Talk to a Support Representative to troubleshoot problems you may be having with your computer.

 Limited warranty --Protect your investment. See

Limited Warranty Statement

in the VAIO

Consumer Information Guide for details.

Page 421

You must register your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer to extend the warranty from the initial 90-day warranty

period to one year from the original date of purchase.

 Express Service --Provides convenient resolution of problems.

 Free Internet access --Use the Internet for up to 100 free hours when you sign up with GTE (no credit card necessary). Free access expires after 100 hours of use or 60 days after signing up, whichever occurs first.

If you have not already registered, follow these steps to use the computer online registration service.

1.

Click the Sony VAIO Registration icon on the VAIO desktop.

2.

Enter the information requested on the first online registration form. Press the tab key to move from box to box.

3.

Click the Next button to advance to the next form.

4.

Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form.

The computer automatically transfers your registration information using your built-in modem and a toll-free telephone number.

If you do not sign up for your free Internet account at the time of registration, you can use the

Easy Internet Access icon on the Windows desktop to sign up later.

Using the Programmable Power Keys (PPK)

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer comes with technology that allows you to get to your favorite applications easily. Each Programmable Power Key (PPK) on your VAIO Smart Convertible

Keyboard comes programmed to launch a preset application with a single press of the key. If you wish, you can use the PPK Setup software to change the Programmable Power Keys' preset functions. The PPK Setup software also allows you to set your computer's internal timer to launch certain applications automatically.

The Programmable Power Keys are located at the top of your keyboard, and are numbered P1 through P6. The keys work even when the computer is turned off. Pressing one turns on the computer and launches the preset application.

The six Programmable Power Keys come to you preprogrammed to perform the functions listed in the table below.

Key Function

P1 (INTERNET) Starts Microsoft

®

Internet Explorer for Windows

®

.

P2 (MAIL) Starts Microsoft

P3 (WORK)

P4 (FINANCE)

®

Outlook

Starts Microsoft

Starts Intuit

®

®

®

98.

Works.

Quicken

®

99.

P5 (SETUP) Starts PPK Setup.

P6 (HELP) Opens a menu of help options.

Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

To change the function of a Programmable Power Key:

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears. on the taskbar. The

2.

Click the Programmable Power Key tab ("PPK1,2,3" or "PPK4,5,6") for the Programmable Power

Key you want to change.

3.

Click the icon showing the key whose function you want to change. The Assignment screen appears.

4.

Select "Change the assigned application" and click Next. The How to Choose an Application screen appears.

Page 422

5.

Click "Select application from Registered Files list" and then click Next. The Assign Function screen appears.

Other options on the How to Choose an Application screen include "Register new application," "Select

Predefined Functions," and "Create a new Preset Script." You can press the Help button to learn more about these options.

6.

Select (highlight) an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The PPK tab appears. Click Apply. The application you have just selected is now assigned to the

Programmable Power Key you chose in step 3.

8.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

Using the Internal Timer

You can use PPK Setup's internal timer to start an application at a specific time. The timer can start applications even when the power is off.

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Timer tab. on the taskbar. The

3.

Click the clock icon.

4.

If an application is already assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen appears. Choose "Change the assigned application" and then click Next.

If no application is currently assigned to the timer, the Assignment screen does not appear; proceed to step 5.

5.

The How to Choose an Application screen appears. Choose "Select application from Registered

Files list" and then click Next.

6.

The Assign Function screen appears. Select an application in the Registered Files column and then click Finish.

7.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply, then click the Set button.

8.

The Timer Schedule Setting screen appears. o

Select "One time only" if you want the application to launch only once. o

Select "Weekly" if you want the application to start at a certain time on a regular basis, such as weekly or on certain days of the week.

Then click Next.

9.

Specify the day and time for the timer to start. Note that the time is in 24 hour format. If you selected "Weekly" in the previous step, you have the option of specifying more than one day.

Then click Next.

10.

The Post Processing screen appears. Entering information on this screen is optional. If you wish, you can set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after the timer finishes launching an application. Click the Help button for instructions. When you have finished, or if you do not wish to choose any options on the Post Processing screen, click Finish.

11.

The Timer tab appears. Click Apply. The timer is now set to launch the application you selected in step 5.

12.

Click OK to exit PPK Setup.

amount of time your selected application takes to start.

Using the AutoAlert E-mail Notification System

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer can be set up to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e-mail mailbox. The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e-mail has arrived. For this AutoAlert e-mail notification system to work, you must use Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

98 as your default e-mail software, and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial-up capabilities set up. As an alternative, you can program PPK Setup to set the Information LED to turn on when PPK Setup has successfully completed the task of dialing up and connecting to receive mail; this works with Netscape Communicator

®

4.5, Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express, and

Microsoft Outlook 98.

See LCD for an illustration showing the Information LED's location.

To use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system

1.

Press the P5 button on the keyboard, or double-click the PPK Setup icon

PPK Setup screen appears.

2.

Click the Registration tab.

3.

Click the Preset Script button. The Preset Script Assignment screen appears. on the taskbar. The

4.

Under "What do you want to do?" select "Get Message" and choose Outlook 98 Mail Downloading from the drop-down list box. Then click Next.

5.

The Information LED screen appears. Select "Turn on the Information LED when new e-mail message has arrived," then select "MAPI," and then click Next.

This only works if you are using Microsoft Outlook 98 as your default e-mail software. If you have chosen

Netscape Communicator 4.5 or Microsoft Outlook Express instead, you can select "Turn on the Information LED when process is finished successfully." This causes the Information LED to light when PPK Setup has launched your e-mail software and checked for mail, rather than after it actually downloads your e-mail.

6.

The Enter Application Name screen appears. Enter an application name and description of your choice. For example, you might choose "MyE-mail" as the application name and "Download e-mail" as the description. Then click Finish.

7.

Now you can use either a PPK button or the timer to download your e-mail. Follow the

instructions under Changing the Functions of the Programmable Power Keys

or

Using the Internal

Timer . When you come to the Assign Function screen, select your newly named application from

the Registered Files list.

To turn off the Information LED, click the PPK icon in the Windows task tray.

Some e-mail applications are programmed to ask for a password before downloading mail. If your e-mail software has this feature, PPK may not be able to download your mail successfully. You can solve this problem by setting your e-mail software to remember your password rather than prompting you for it.

PPK Setup Software Restrictions

If you use software that uses a phone line

 The computer may not be able to disconnect the phone line due to communication and server conditions.

 Be sure to monitor the status of the software when running PPK Setup, and manually disconnect the phone line if you notice a malfunction. Furthermore, when using the timer to start the software, it is advised that you set the computer to shut down or enter system standby mode after a certain length of time. This allows the computer to disconnect the phone line if the computer fails to disconnect the line normally.

Page 424

If you are using the timer to download e-mail automatically

It is advisable to set up your e-mail software to redial automatically if it does not connect the first time. It is also advisable to set the e-mail software to disconnect the phone line automatically when all mail has been downloaded.

If you are using your 100 free hours of Internet access

You cannot use the AutoAlert e-mail notification system during your 100 free hours of Internet access from GTE. For information on your free GTE trial period, see

Features

.

Using Memory Stick Media

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is designed to support the new Memory Stick IC recording media. The Memory Stick card is a small, versatile device that allows you to share data between various types of Sony equipment.

Your system comes with a sample 4 MB Memory Stick card for you to try. This Memory Stick card contains images saved from a Sony digital camera, which supports Memory Stick media. When you insert the supplied Memory Stick card, the PictureGear software's slide show application launches automatically and allows you to view the images. See the supplied Memory Stick card package for more information on Memory Stick card use.

If using a Memory Stick card that does not contain Sony digital camera images, the VAIO Slimtop LCD

Computer automatically launches Windows Explorer. This allows you to view the contents of the Memory Stick card.

To protect data on Memory Stick media from accidental changes

The Memory Stick card contains a write-protect tab. The write-protect tab prevents accidental changes to a Memory Stick card. When you slide the write-protect tab to the LOCK position, the

Memory Stick card is write-protected, which means you cannot delete, copy, or save information on the Memory Stick card. When you slide the tab to the un-LOCK position, you can write to or modify the Memory Stick card contents.

Page 425

To change the way the computer reacts when a Memory Stick card is inserted into the

Memory Stick media slot

Change the options on the Memory Stick tab in the PPK Setup software.

Using PC Cards

This computer has a card bus PC card slot that supports a Type I or II PC card. The slot also supports the ZV (Zoomed Video) port specification.

To insert a PC card

You do not need to shut down your computer when inserting a PC card.

1.

Open the front panel.

2.

Insert the PC card into the PC card slot until it clicks into position.

When the card is completely inserted, the eject button pops out. If you cannot insert the card, do not forcibly insert it. In this case, make sure the card is not inserted upside-down or backward, and then reinsert the card into the slot carefully.

See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it.

To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding, fold the button down onto the computer.

To eject a PC card

Page 426

If you eject the PC card incorrectly, the system may not work correctly.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Settings, and then click Control Panel.

2.

Click the PC Card icon.

3.

Click the name of the card that you want to eject, then click Stop.

4.

When the message "You may safely remove this device" appears, click OK.

5.

Push the PC card eject button on the front panel of the system unit. You may need to pull out the eject button before you can eject the card.

The card is ejected from the card connector. Remove the card by holding it by its edge and pulling it out carefully.

Using the Standby Function

When you are finished using your computer, you can put it in standby mode rather than turn it off completely. Putting the computer in standby mode allows you to return quickly to normal computer use.

To put the computer in standby mode manually

1.

Save your work and close any applications that are running. (You can leave Microsoft Windows running.)

2.

Press the (Standby) button on the top of the keyboard.

The computer goes into standby mode.

Alternatively, you can click the Start button on the Windows taskbar, click Shut Down, select

Standby, and then click OK.

To let the computer go into standby mode on a timer

You can set the computer to go automatically into standby mode after there has been no activity on it for a specified time. You can set this length of time on the Windows Control Panel.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar.

2.

Select Settings, and then click Control Panel.

Page 427

3.

Click the Power Management icon, and then select the Power Schemes tab.

4.

Select a time from the "System standby" list box.

The system will enter standby mode after there has been no activity on the computer for the amount of time you have specified.

To resume from standby mode

The best method is to press the (Standby) button again.

If the display does not return from standby when you press the (Standby) button, your system may be in video standby mode. Press any key on the keyboard to return from video standby.

Standby Mode Indicators

You can tell which mode the computer is in by the color of the power indicator light.

Color Mode

Amber

Green

Computer is in standby mode.

Computer is out of standby mode, ready to use.

No color Computer is turned off.

In standby mode you may periodically hear the computer's fan turn on and off, depending on the room's temperature. This is normal functioning in standby mode.

Shutting Down Your Computer

When you are ready to turn off your computer for an extended period of time, use the following procedure to shut down the computer.

To avoid the potential loss of data, do not use the power switch to shut down the computer.

To shut down your computer

If you plan to shut down your computer for a short period of time, you may want to use standby mode instead. See

Using the Standby Function

.

1.

Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar to open the Start menu.

2.

Click Shut Down to display the Shut Down Windows dialog box.

3.

Select the Shut Down option.

4.

Click OK to complete the shutdown process.

Respond to any prompts about saving documents.

5.

Wait for your computer to turn off automatically -- the power indicator light turns off.

6.

Turn off any peripherals connected to your computer. The LCD display turns off automatically when the computer shuts down.

You can also shut down your computer using the (Power) button on the keyboard. Pressing this button causes the system to perform a shutdown but does not give you any of the other options available on the Windows

98 Shut Down menu.

About the Power Switch

your system to power off. You may need to repeat this procedure. See Locating Controls and

Connectors

for the power switch's location.

Using the System Recovery CD(s)

You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you experience a problem with your computer, reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct the problem.

Use the Application Recovery CD(s) to reinstall individual applications or device drivers. See

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) .

The System Recovery CD(s) contain a backup copy of all the software originally installed on your hard disk drive.

They can be used only to recover the hard disk of the Sony computer you purchased.

The System Recovery utility gives you three options:

 Full Restore without Format restores all the software titles that originally came with your computer without formatting the hard disk.

 Full Restore with Format formats the hard disk drive and then restores all the original software.

 Operating System Only formats the hard disk drive and restores the Windows operating system and the device drivers that shipped with your computer. This option is recommended for advanced users only.

If you choose the Full Restore with Format or Operating System Only option, your hard disk will be formatted, which removes all the information on the hard disk drive. You will lose any software you have installed and any other files you have created since you started to use your computer. This means you will have to reinstall any applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you choose the Full Restore without Format option, you may need to reinstall applications that were not included with the computer when you purchased it. If you have any questions on using the System Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer Support.

To use the System Recovery CD(s)

You need to complete the Windows registration process when you use the System Recovery CD(s). Make sure you have the product ID number located on the cover of your Microsoft Windows manual. You will need this number to complete the recovery process.

1.

Insert the Sony System Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive.

The System Recovery utility boots from the CD-ROM drive. It must be in the drive when you turn on the computer.

2.

Shut down your computer as described in

Shutting Down Your Computer .

3.

Wait 30 seconds and turn on your computer.

4.

Click OK to signify you have read and accept the Microsoft End-User License Agreement.

5.

When the System Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two System Recovery CDs. If you have two System Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program. You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed.

The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete.

Using the Application Recovery CD(s) Page 429

The Application Recovery CD(s) allow you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers if they are corrupted or accidentally erased. Reinstalling an individual device driver or software title may correct a problem you are experiencing with your computer, and you may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive. If you do need to reinstall all the software titles that

shipped with your computer, use the System Recovery CD(s). See Using the System Recovery

CD(s) .

You must be in Windows to run the Application Recovery CD(s). The application will not run from

DOS. If you have any questions on using the Application Recovery CD(s), contact Sony Customer

Support.

To use the Application Recovery CD(s)

1.

Turn on your computer. If your computer is already on, close all applications.

2.

When the Windows desktop appears, insert the Sony Application Recovery CD in the CD-ROM drive. The Application Recovery utility loads automatically.

3.

When the Application Recovery menu appears, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the recovery process.

Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs. If you have two Application Recovery CDs, insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program. You may be prompted to insert the second CD, depending on the application you wish to restore.

About the Software on Your Computer

Your VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer is ready to help you work, play, learn, and communicate as soon as you turn it on. This section gives you an overview of the activities you can perform with your

software titles. For support information, see For Answers to Your Software Questions .

Adobe Acrobat® Reader

Adobe Systems Inc.

Acrobat Reader software allows you to view, navigate, and print electronic documents in Adobe

Portable Document Format (PDF), an open file format that is intended to preserve the fidelity of documents created on all major computer platforms.

Adobe PhotoDeluxe® Home Edition

Adobe Systems Inc.

Create amazing photo effects with Adobe PhotoDeluxe. Without learning complex software, you can enhance, restore, and be creative with your photos. Includes built-in guided activities, stock photos, clip art and templates to assist you.

America Online®

America Online

America Online is the world's most popular Internet online service. Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy-to-Use E-mail, manage your personal finances, get the latest news and sports scores, and chat with thousands of others who share your interests.

AT&T WorldNet® Service

AT&T

Fast, reliable Internet access from AT&T WorldNet Service. AT&T WorldNet Service provides web-based e-mail, a personalized start page from Excite, easy access to the Excite search engine, free web pages, online and live agent technical support, instant messaging, and special shopping discounts at Market Square.

CompuServe®

CompuServe, Inc.

online today. CompuServe allows you to access the vastness of the Internet, without wasting time wading through it. Maximize your time online with CompuServe.

Digital Media Park

Sony Electronics

An integrated suite of multimedia cataloging and playback programs, including Media Bar, Media

Library, and Media Showcase.

Dr. Solomon's® Anti-Virus

Dr. Solomon's Software Inc.

Dr. Solomon's Anti-Virus provides the most comprehensive defense against the spread of viruses, including macro viruses. It can scan inside compressed files and automatically protects your system against viruses sent via e-mail or Internet download.

EarthLink Sprint TotalAccess

EarthLink Network, Inc.

An Internet Service Provider that supplies access, information, and assistance to its customers, introducing them to the Internet. Member benefits include e-mail, newsgroups, a Personal Start

Page, a free 6 MB web site, a member magazine, and 24-hour technical support.

Microsoft® Encarta® 99 Encyclopedia

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Encarta Encyclopedia combines current, comprehensive content with up-to-date multimedia technology providing users with unique, engaging learning experiences. With the 1999 edition, Encarta provides a wealth of information resources and unique interactive features.

Microsoft® Internet Explorer for Windows® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Internet Explorer delivers the web the way you want it. It is safe, easy to use, and you can personalize how you access the web. Outlook Express and other tools in Internet Explorer also help you have a great experience when you are on the web.

Microsoft® Money 99

Microsoft Corporation

Microsoft Money 99 is personal finance software that lets you perform your financial tasks, everything from paying bills to planning for the future, in a smarter, faster way. With Money's online services, you can pay bills and bank from the comfort of home.

Microsoft® Outlook® 98

Microsoft Corporation

Outlook 98 is Microsoft's premier messaging and collaboration client. It combines the leading support for Internet standards-based messaging systems with integrated calendar, contact, and task-management features.

Microsoft® Works

Microsoft Corporation

Works provides users with the r